blob: 9161130a3c6af553da78aa6cce2aa17dfac93e73 [file] [log] [blame]
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 May 31
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
938You can add them to your .vimrc: >
939 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
940<
941Enables TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable" >
942 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
943<
944Enables Stylus for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable"
945
946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
961
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000962BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000963
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200964The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000965for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
966are supported.
967
968Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
969in ones |.vimrc|: >
970 let baan_code_stds=1
971
972*baan-folding*
973
974Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
975mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
976source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
977
978To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
979 let baan_fold=1
980Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
981indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
982considered equal to a tab). >
983 let baan_fold_block=1
984Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000985SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
987 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000988Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000989the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
990.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
991 set foldminlines=5
992 set foldnestmax=6
993
994
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000995BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000996
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000997Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000998which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
999five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1000otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1001Basic.
1002
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001003If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1004example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1005 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001008C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
1010A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001011(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001012 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001013 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1014To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001018An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1019 :set filetype=cpp
1020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001021Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001022*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1023*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001024*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1025*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001026*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1027*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1028*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001029 ...except { and } in first column
1030 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1031 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1033 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001034*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001035*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001036*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1037*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001038*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001039 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1041*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1042*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1043*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1044*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001045*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1046*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001048When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1049become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1050 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001051"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1052 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1056to a larger number: >
1057 :let c_minlines = 100
1058This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1059displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1060disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1061
1062When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1063works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1064you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1065
1066To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1067Example: >
1068 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1069 :function MyCadd()
1070 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1071 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1072 : hi link cMyItem Title
1073 :endfun
1074
1075ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1076"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1077not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1078highlighting: >
1079 :hi link cConstant NONE
1080
1081If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1082highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1083
1084If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001085in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 syn sync fromstart
1088 set foldmethod=syntax
1089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001090CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001091
1092C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1093the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1094
1095By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1096of C or C++: >
1097 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001100CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101
1102Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1103that are available. Additionally there is:
1104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1106chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1107chill_minlines like c_minlines
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001110CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001111
1112ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1113If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1114 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1115This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1116"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1117file).
1118
1119You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1120 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1121Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1122 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1123This works immediately.
1124
1125
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1129
1130Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1131but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1132|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1133syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001134>
1135 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001136 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1137 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001138 \ }
1139<
1140Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1141
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001142There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1143this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1144dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1147"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1148namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001150
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001151 *g:clojure_fold*
1152
1153Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1154list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1155the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1156
1157
1158 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1159
1160Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1161reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001162>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163 #_(defn foo [x]
1164 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001165<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001166Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1167(e.g. `#_#_`).
1168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001170COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171
1172COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1173development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1174versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1175add this line to your .vimrc: >
1176 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1177To disable it again, use this: >
1178 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1179
1180
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001181COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001183The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001184comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1185
1186 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1187
1188The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1189
1190
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001191CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1192
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001193Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001194
1195Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001196cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001197cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001198cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1199cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
1204This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1205used.
1206
1207Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1208symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1209between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001210"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1211>
1212 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213
1214For using tcsh: >
1215
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001216 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001217
1218Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1219tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001220will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1222variable.
1223
1224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001225CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001226
1227Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001228hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001229or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001230normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001231line to your .vimrc file: >
1232
1233 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1234
1235Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1236
1237 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1238
1239To disable these again, use this: >
1240
1241 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1242 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1243<
1244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001245CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1248doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1249startup vimrc: >
1250 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1251
1252
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001253DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1254
1255Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1256used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1257a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1258from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1259
1260More information about the language and its development environment at the
1261official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1262
1263dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1264type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1265and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1266framework.
1267
1268Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1269
1270https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1271
1272
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001273DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274
1275Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001276according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001277https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1278To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1279 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1280Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1281To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1282 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1283g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001284
1285
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001286DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001287
1288The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1289there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1290
1291 :let diff_translations = 0
1292
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001293Also see |diff-slow|.
1294
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001295DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001296
1297The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1298provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1299the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1300versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1301uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1302line to your startup file: >
1303 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1304
1305
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001306DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001307DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1308DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
1310There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1311are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1312automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1313defaults to XML.
1314You can set the type manually: >
1315 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1316or: >
1317 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1318You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1319Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1320 :set filetype=docbksgml
1321or: >
1322 :set filetype=docbkxml
1323
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001324You can specify the DocBook version: >
1325 :let docbk_ver = 3
1326When not set 4 is used.
1327
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001331Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1332supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1333NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1334and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001335Select the version you want with the following line: >
1336
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001337 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001338
1339If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001340Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001341
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001342The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1343alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1344current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1345inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1346Stack Overflow -
1347
1348https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1349
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001350To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1351Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1352anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001353
1354 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1355
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001356If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1357block will be highlighted as an error.
1358
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001359There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001360"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1361is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001362
1363 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1364
1365If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1366
1367
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1369
1370Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001371(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1372idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001373
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001374There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1375explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1376Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001377 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1378or >
1379 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1380
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001381It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1382the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1383adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001384 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1385
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001386There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1387and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388
1389Variable Default Effect ~
1390g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1391g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1392 doxygen comments.
1393
1394doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1395 and html_my_rendering underline.
1396
1397doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1398 colour highlighting.
1399
1400doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001401 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001403There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001404configuration.
1405
1406Highlight Effect ~
1407doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1408 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1409doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1410 \endlink from a \link section.
1411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001415The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001416case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1417
1418 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001420The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001421this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1422
1423 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1424
1425before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1426Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1427'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1428Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1429highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001430delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431
1432 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1433
1434The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1435
1436
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001437EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001438
1439While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001440syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1441highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001442highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1443
1444 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1445
1446Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1447
1448Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1449
1450 :let eiffel_strict=1
1451 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1452
1453Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1454five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1455"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1456
1457Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1458guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1459lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1460
1461If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1462"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1463
1464 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1465
1466instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1467
1468Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1469experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1470
1471 :let eiffel_ise=1
1472
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001473Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474
1475 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1476
1477to your startup file.
1478
1479
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1481
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001482Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001483version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1485
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001486Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1487still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1488Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001489
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001490The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1491
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001492 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1493 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1494
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001495To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001496auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1497add the following line to your startup file: >
1498
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001499 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001500
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001501< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1504
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001505Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001506specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1507file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1508filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1509Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001510
1511
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001512ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001514Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001515the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001516
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001517The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1518put the following line in your vimrc: >
1519
1520 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1521
1522To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1523
1524 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525
1526
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001527ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1528
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001529Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1530maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001531
1532The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1533
1534 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1535
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001536Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1538file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1539filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1540Elixir.
1541
1542
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001543FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1544
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001545FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1546http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001547NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001548development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001549
1550Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1551syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1552editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1553start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1554'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1555(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1556and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1557
1558If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1559move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1560 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1561
1562
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001563FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564
1565The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1566modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001567following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1569
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001570If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571redefine the following syntax groups:
1572
1573 - formConditional
1574 - formNumber
1575 - formStatement
1576 - formHeaderStatement
1577 - formComment
1578 - formPreProc
1579 - formDirective
1580 - formType
1581 - formString
1582
1583Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1584directives per default in the same syntax group.
1585
1586A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001587header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1589
1590 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1591
1592The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001593gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001594conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1595
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001596Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1597should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1598the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1599
1600If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1601example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1602 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1603
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001605FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1606
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001607Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1608be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1609edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1610 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001611 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1612
1613
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001614FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001615
1616Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001617Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1618choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16192023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
162090, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1621respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001622items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001623
1624The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1625fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1626the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627
1628Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001629Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1631
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001632When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001633form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001635in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1636source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1638in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1639
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001640If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1641extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1642file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1643will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1644on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001646When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001647source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001648fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1649neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001650determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1651using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1652compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001653free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1654different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1655script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1656no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1657fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1658In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1659the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1660happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1661columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1662file.
1663
1664Vendor extensions ~
1665Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1666script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1667created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1668characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1669with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001670 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001671placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1672
1673If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1674set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1675 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1676placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1677
1678To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1679intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1680command such as >
1681 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1682placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001683
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001686fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001687Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001688using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1690 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001691placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1693
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001694Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001695Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1696fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697 :let fortran_fold=1
1698to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1699is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001700subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1701units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1702constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1703fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001705then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001706select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1707be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001708
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001709The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1710comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1711non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1712or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001713items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001714
1715Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001716Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1717strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1719
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001721|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001723FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1724
1725FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1726dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1727for how to select the correct dialect.
1728
1729Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1730
1731Variable Highlight ~
1732*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1733*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1734*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1735*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1736
1737
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001739FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001740
1741In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1742the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1743appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1744patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1745number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1746
1747For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1748as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1749
1750 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1751 \ set filetype=fvwm
1752
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001753GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001754
1755The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1756the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1757is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1758are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1759
1760 htmlString
1761 htmlValue
1762 htmlEndTag
1763 htmlTag
1764 htmlTagN
1765
1766Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1767java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1768group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1769correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1770to the contains clause.
1771
1772The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1773group to make them easier to see.
1774
1775
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001776GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777
1778The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001779under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001780of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1781filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1782(see |filetype.txt|).
1783
1784
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001785HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001786
1787The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001788Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001789syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1790
1791If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1792light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1794To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1795add: >
1796 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1797To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1798 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1799And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1800 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1801If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1802your .vimrc: >
1803 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1804
1805The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1806directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1808operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001809as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1810 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1811
1812The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1813automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1814TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001815or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816in your .vimrc >
1817 :let lhs_markup = none
1818for no highlighting at all, or >
1819 :let lhs_markup = tex
1820to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1821For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1822this variable, so e.g. >
1823 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001824will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001825set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1826loading a file.
1827
1828
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001829HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001830
1831The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1832
1833The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1834This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001835closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1836are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001837
1838Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1839names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1840makes it easy to spot errors
1841
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001842Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1844
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001845Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001846are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1847text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1848while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001850<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001851
1852If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1853following syntax groups:
1854
1855 - htmlBold
1856 - htmlBoldUnderline
1857 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1858 - htmlUnderline
1859 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1860 - htmlItalic
1861 - htmlTitle for titles
1862 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1863
1864To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1865of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1866following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1867are read during initialization) >
1868 :let html_my_rendering=1
1869
1870If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1871http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1872
1873You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1874vimrc file: >
1875 :let html_no_rendering=1
1876
1877HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1878details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1879However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001880ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001881 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1882
1883JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1884'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001885programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1886currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001887
1888Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1889
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001890There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1891written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1893(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001894>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1896 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1897
1898Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1899the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1900
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001901 *html-folding*
1902The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1903and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1904
1905 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1906 :set foldmethod=syntax
1907
1908Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1909especially for large files.
1910
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001911
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001912HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001913
1914The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1915
1916Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1917doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1918this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1919different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1920 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1921
1922Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1923
1924Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1925signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1926a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1927 :set syntax=htmlos
1928
1929Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1930block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1931
1932
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001933IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001934
1935Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1936how to recognize this filetype.
1937
1938To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1939 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1940
1941
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001942INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001943
1944Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1945most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1946to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1947 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1948
1949By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1950and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1951you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1952need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1953 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1954
1955This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1956set of highlighted system functions.
1957
1958The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1959it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1960by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1961startup sequence: >
1962 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1963
1964By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1965version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1966Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1967startup sequence: >
1968 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1969
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001970IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1971
1972IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1973Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1974
1975IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1976rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001977repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001978
1979There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1980are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1981
1982The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1983
1984Variable Effect ~
1985
1986idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1987 extensions
1988idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1989idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1990 quite helpful)
1991idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1992
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001993
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001994JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001995
1996The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1997
1998In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1999flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002000classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2001old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002002 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2003
2004All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2005highlight them use: >
2006 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2007
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002008You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002009download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2010If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2011use the following: >
2012 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2013Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2014
2015Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017functions:
2018
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002019If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2020a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002022 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2023 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2024 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2025 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2026 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2027 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2028 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2029 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2030Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002032supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2033amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002035If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want function
2036declarations to be highlighted, create your own definitions by changing the
2037definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim that includes the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002038original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002041only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002042statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002043your startup file: >
2044 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2045The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002046characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002047new highlightings for the following groups.:
2048 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2049which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002050strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002051have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002052
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002053Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2054creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2055similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2056and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002057 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2058 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2059 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2060 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2061 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002062 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002063 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2064To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2065 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2066
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002067If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2068can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2069scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2070actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2071CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002072 :let java_javascript=1
2073 :let java_css=1
2074 :let java_vb=1
2075
2076In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2077for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2078 :hi link javaParen Comment
2079or >
2080 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2081
2082If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2083when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2084to a larger number: >
2085 :let java_minlines = 50
2086This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2087displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2088number is that redrawing can become slow.
2089
2090
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002091JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2092
2093The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2094default. To disable concealment: >
2095 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2096
2097To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2098 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2099
2100
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002101JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2102
2103To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2104 hi link jqNumber Normal
2105
2106If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2107 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2108
2109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002110LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002111
2112Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2113style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2114define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2115 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2116
2117
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002118LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002119
2120Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2121gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2122 :syn sync minlines=300
2123may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2124difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2125
2126
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002127LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2128
2129To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2130
2131 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2132<
2133
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002134LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2135
2136The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2137
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002138 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002139 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2140 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002141 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002142 of parenthesization will receive different
2143 highlighting.
2144<
2145The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2146the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2147colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2148specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002149usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002150highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2151
2152
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002153LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154
2155There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2156
2157If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2158
2159 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2160
2161For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2162set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2163
2164 :let lite_minlines = 200
2165
2166
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002167LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002169LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2171users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2172should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2173
2174 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2175
2176If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002177modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002178
2179 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2180
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002181For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002182
2183 // vim:set ft=c:
2184
2185If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2186
2187There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002188used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002190assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002191you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2192
2193 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2194
2195For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2196
2197 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2198
2199For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2200
2201 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2202
2203For uLPC series of LPC:
2204uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2205instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2206
2207
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002208LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002209
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002210The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002211the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2212lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022135.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002214
2215 :let lua_version = 5
2216 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217
2218
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002219MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220
2221Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002222quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2224whitespaces and end with a newline.
2225
2226Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002227as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002228only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2229
2230By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002231displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2233
2234 :let mail_minlines = 30
2235
2236
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002237MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002238
2239In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2240errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2241feature off by using: >
2242
2243 :let make_no_commands = 1
2244
2245
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002246MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002247
2248Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2249supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2250The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2251highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2252
2253 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2254
2255to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2256choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22571, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2258$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2259
2260 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2261 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2262 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2263 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2264 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2265 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2266 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2267 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2268 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2269
2270
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002271MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2272
2273If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2274slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002275the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002276
2277 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2278
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002279If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2280documents you can enable like this: >
2281
2282 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2283
2284To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2285
2286 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2287
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002289MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002290
2291Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2292have the following in your .vimrc: >
2293
2294 let filetype_m = "mma"
2295
2296
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002297MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2298
2299Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2300dialect.
2301
2302The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2303
2304 taggedComment :=
2305 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2306 ;
2307
2308 dialectTag :=
2309 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2310 ;
2311
2312 reserved words
2313 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2314
2315A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2316lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2317additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2318
2319Example: >
2320
2321 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2322 ...
2323
2324Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2325dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2326defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2327
2328Example: >
2329
2330 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2331
2332
2333Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2334variables.
2335
2336Variable Highlight ~
2337*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2338*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2339*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2340
2341*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2342*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2343*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2344
2345*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2346
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002347MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002348
2349If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2350highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2351comments: >
2352
2353 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2354
2355To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2356
2357 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2358
2359To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2360'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2361
2362 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2363
2364Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2365
2366 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2367
2368To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2369
2370 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2371
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002372Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002373use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2374To enable this option: >
2375
2376 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2377
2378An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2379
2380 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2381
2382
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002383MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384
2385There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2386
2387If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2388
2389 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2390
2391For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2392set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2393
2394 :let msql_minlines = 200
2395
2396
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002397N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2398
2399N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2400Couchbase Server databases.
2401
2402Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2403and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2404many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2405
2406
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002407NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002408
2409There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2410
2411If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2412errors, use this: >
2413
2414 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2415
2416If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2417
2418
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002419NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420
2421The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2422activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2423can use them.
2424
2425For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002426processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002427features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2428|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002429
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002430 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002431
2432Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2433Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2434there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002435you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002436can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2437native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2438\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2439accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2440environments.
2441
2442In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2443follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2444
24451. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2446
24472. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2448 exclamation mark, etc.
2449
24503. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2451 carriage return.
2452
2453The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2454algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2455
2456Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2457furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2458vertical space input will be output as is.
2459
2460Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2461than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2462practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002463marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002464need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2466
2467 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2468
2469Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2470with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2471highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002472"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473
2474 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2475 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2476 \ gui=reverse,bold
2477
2478If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2479with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2480file: >
2481
2482 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2483
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002484As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002485paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2486
2487Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2488groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2489
2490
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002491OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492
2493The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2494.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2495
2496 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2497
2498you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2499by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2500
2501 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2502
2503prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2504contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2505
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002506PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2507
2508By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2509Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
2510To do so, set the following: >
2511
2512 :let g:markdown_md = 'pandoc'
2513
2514The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2515
2516 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2517
2518To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2519
2520 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2521
2522This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2523
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002524 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002525 - image
2526 - block
2527 - subscript
2528 - superscript
2529 - strikeout
2530 - atx
2531 - codeblock_start
2532 - codeblock_delim
2533 - footnote
2534 - definition
2535 - list
2536 - newline
2537 - dashes
2538 - ellipses
2539 - quotes
2540 - inlinecode
2541 - inlinemath
2542
2543You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2544footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2545
2546 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2547
2548To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2549
2550 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2551
2552Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2553Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2554and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2555
2556 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2557
2558Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2559specified. Default = 1 >
2560
2561 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2562
2563For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2564list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2565can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2566
2567 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2568
2569To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2570
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002571 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002572
2573"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2574you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2575
2576To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2577
2578 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2579
2580Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2581Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2582
2583 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2584
2585The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2586
2587 :PandocHighlight LANG
2588
2589Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2590syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2591
2592 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2593
2594Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002595
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002596PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002598The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002599and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002600as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2601sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002602you set the variable: >
2603
2604 :let papp_include_html=1
2605
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002606in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002608edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609
2610The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2611http://papp.plan9.de.
2612
2613
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002614PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002615
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002616Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2617could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2618or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002619
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002620 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2621 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002622
2623The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2624provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002625Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2627following line to your startup file: >
2628
2629 :let pascal_traditional=1
2630
2631To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2632keywords, etc): >
2633
2634 :let pascal_delphi=1
2635
2636
2637The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2638*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2639operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2640
2641 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2642
2643Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2644
2645 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2646
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002647Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002648pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2649match Turbo Pascal. >
2650
2651 :let pascal_gpc=1
2652
2653or >
2654
2655 :let pascal_fpc=1
2656
2657To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2658pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2659
2660 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2661
2662If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2663will be highlighted as Error. >
2664
2665 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2666
2667
2668
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002669PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002670
2671There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2672
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002673Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2674to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2675files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002676
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002677 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002678
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002679To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002680off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002681
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002682To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2683from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002684
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002685 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002687(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2688enabled it.)
2689
2690If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2691
2692 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2693
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002694(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002695
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002696The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2697be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002698perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2699
2700 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2701 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2702 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2703
2704(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2705
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002706The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2708If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002709then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2710you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711
2712One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2713
2714 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2715 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2716
2717Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2718its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2719
2720 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2721
2722If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2723
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002724 :let perl_fold = 1
2725
2726If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2727
2728 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002729
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002730Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2731this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002732
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002733 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002734
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002735Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2736via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002737
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002738 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2739
2740Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2741behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2742
2743 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002745PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002747[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748it has been renamed to "php"]
2749
2750There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2751
2752If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2753
2754 let php_sql_query = 1
2755
2756For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2757
2758 let php_baselib = 1
2759
2760Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2761
2762 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2763
2764Using the old colorstyle: >
2765
2766 let php_oldStyle = 1
2767
2768Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2769
2770 let php_asp_tags = 1
2771
2772Disable short tags: >
2773
2774 let php_noShortTags = 1
2775
2776For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2777
2778 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2779
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002780For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781one: >
2782
2783 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2784
2785Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2786
2787 let php_folding = 1
2788
2789Selecting syncing method: >
2790
2791 let php_sync_method = x
2792
2793x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2794x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2795x = 0 to sync from start.
2796
2797
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002798PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2799
2800TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2801variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002802see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002803
2804This syntax file has the option >
2805
2806 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2807
2808if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2809
2810
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002811PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002812
2813PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2814
2815This syntax file has the options:
2816
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002817- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002818 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002819
2820 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002821 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002822
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002823 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002825 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002826
2827 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2828
2829- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2830 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2831
2832
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002833PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002834
2835There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2836
2837If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2838
2839 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2840
2841For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2842set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2843
2844 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2845
2846
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002847POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848
2849There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2850
2851First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2852currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2853and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2854Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2855extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2856level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2857highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2858
2859 :let postscr_level=2
2860
2861If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2862the most prevalent version currently.
2863
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002864Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002865particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2866PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2867
2868If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2869Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2870follows: >
2871
2872 :let postscr_display=1
2873
2874If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2875Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2876postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2877
2878 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2879
2880PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2881useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2882cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2883character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2884explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2885highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2886
2887 :let postscr_fonts=1
2888 :let postscr_encodings=1
2889
2890There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2891PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2892operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2893if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2894operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2895or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2896highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2897postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2898
2899 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2900<
2901
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002902 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2903PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904
2905This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2906
2907In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2908the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2909appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2910patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2911"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2912
2913For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2914files, add the following: >
2915
2916 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2917 \ set filetype=ptcap
2918
2919If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2920are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2921internal variable to a larger number: >
2922
2923 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2924
2925(The default is 20 lines.)
2926
2927
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002928PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002929
2930Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2931doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2932startup vimrc: >
2933 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2934The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2935Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2936 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2937 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2938
2939
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002940PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002942There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002943
2944For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002945 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002946
2947For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002948 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002949
2950For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002951 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2952
2953For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2954 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2955or >
2956 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002957The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002958
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002959For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002960 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002961
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002962If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002963 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002964This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2965unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002967If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2968you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002969Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2970 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002971This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2972
2973Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2974 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2975
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002976
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002977QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002979The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2980based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2981between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2982definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2983to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2984be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002985
2986set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2987 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2988
2989set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2990 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2991
2992set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2993 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2994
2995Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2996commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2997
2998
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002999R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3000
3001The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3002can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3003 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3004
3005You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3006 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3007
3008enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3009braces: >
3010 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3011
3012and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3013 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3014
3015
3016R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3017
3018To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3019 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3020
3021To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3022 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3023
3024To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3025 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3026
3027By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003028language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3029highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3030is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3031behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3032and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3033 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3034 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3035 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3036 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3037 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3038
3039If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3040list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3041the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003042 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3043
3044
3045R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3046
3047To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3048 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3049
3050
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003051RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3052
3053Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003054rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003055inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3056as rasi files: .rasi.
3057
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003058READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059
3060The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003061few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003062items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3063command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3064 let readline_has_bash = 1
3065
3066This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3067later, and part earlier) adds.
3068
3069
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003070REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3071
3072Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3073language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3074the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3075
3076
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003077RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3078
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003079Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3080select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3081syntax list.
3082
3083To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003084 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003085
3086To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3087`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3088 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003089 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3090 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003091 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003092 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003093
3094To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3095 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3096
3097To enable folding of sections: >
3098 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3099
3100Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3101
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003102
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003103REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003104
3105If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3106when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3107to a larger number: >
3108 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3109This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3110displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3111number is that redrawing can become slow.
3112
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003113Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3114comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3115your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3116>
3117 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3118
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003119
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003120RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003121
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003122 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3123 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3124 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3125 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3126 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3127
3128 *ruby_operators*
3129 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3130
3131Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3132
3133 :let ruby_operators = 1
3134<
3135 *ruby_space_errors*
3136 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3137
3138Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3139
3140 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3141<
3142This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3143as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3144"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3145spaces respectively.
3146
3147 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3148 Ruby: Folding ~
3149
3150Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3151
3152 :let ruby_fold = 1
3153<
3154This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3155buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3156filetypes.
3157
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003158Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3159"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3160
3161You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3162
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003163 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003164<
3165The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3166
3167 keyword meaning ~
3168 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3169 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3170 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003171 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003172 def "def" block
3173 class "class" block
3174 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003175 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003176 begin "begin" block
3177 case "case" block
3178 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003179 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3180 [ Array literal
3181 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3182 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003183 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003184 : Symbol
3185 # Multiline comment
3186 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003187 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3188
3189 *ruby_no_expensive*
3190 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191
3192By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003193of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003194experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3195you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003196
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003197 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003198<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3200
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003201 *ruby_minlines*
3202
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003203If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3204scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3205the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003206
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003207 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003208<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003209Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3210largest class or module.
3211
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003212 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3213 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003214
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003215Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3216"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003217
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003218 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003219<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003221SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003222
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003223By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003224
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003225scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3226Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003227
3228
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003229SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230
3231The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3232of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3233
3234The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3235case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003236used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3238 :let sdl_2000=1
3239
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003240This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3242 :let SDL_no_96=1
3243
3244
3245The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3246satisfied with it for my own projects.
3247
3248
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003249SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003250
3251To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003252highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003254 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3255<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3257inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3258by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3259also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3260you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3261
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003262GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3263comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3264comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3265
3266 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3267<
3268Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3269not (yet) affected by this setting.
3270
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271Bugs:
3272
3273 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3274 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3275 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3276 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3277 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3278 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3279
3280
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003281SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282
3283The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3284
3285The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3286This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3287closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3288defined for you)
3289
3290Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3291names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3292
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003293Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003294names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3295
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003296Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3298text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3299<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3300
3301If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3302following syntax groups:
3303
3304 - sgmlBold
3305 - sgmlBoldItalic
3306 - sgmlUnderline
3307 - sgmlItalic
3308 - sgmlLink for links
3309
3310To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3311following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3312are read during initialization) >
3313 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3314
3315You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3316vimrc file: >
3317 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3318
3319(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3320
3321
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003322 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003323SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003324
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003325This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3326shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003327
3328Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003329various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003330
3331 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3332 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3333<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003334See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3335cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3336/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3337that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3338shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3339symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003341One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003342variables in your <.vimrc>:
3343
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003344 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003345 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003346< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003347 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003349 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003350< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003351 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003353< (dash users should use posix)
3354
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003355If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3356default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003357the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3358statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003359sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003360
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003361The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3362
3363 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3364 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3365 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3366 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003367>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003368then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003369syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3370to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003372 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3373
3374If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3375when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003376to a larger number. Example: >
3377
3378 let sh_minlines = 500
3379
3380This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3381displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3382number is that redrawing can become slow.
3383
3384If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3385reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3386
3387 let sh_maxlines = 100
3388<
3389The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3390speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3391
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003392syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003393unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003394for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3395the following line in your .vimrc: >
3396
3397 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3398<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003399
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003400 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3401 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003403You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3404Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3405file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3406
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003407 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003408 " ==============
3409 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3410 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3411 unlet b:current_syntax
3412 endif
3413 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3414 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3415 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3416 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3417 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3418<
3419This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3420 awk '...awk code here...'
3421be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3422extended to other languages.
3423
3424
3425SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3426(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427
3428The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3429
3430- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3431 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3432 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3433
3434- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3435 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003436 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003437 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3438 them in the syntax file.
3439
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003440- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003441 highlighting of # style comments.
3442
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003443 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444 number of #s.
3445
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003446 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003447 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003449 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003450 more than one #.
3451
3452Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003453PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003454fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3455the syntax file.
3456
3457
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003458SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3459 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003460 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003461
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003462While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3463custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3464SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003465
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003466Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3467scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3468supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3469buffer by buffer basis.
3470
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003471For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003472
3473
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003474SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3475
3476Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3477designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3478bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3479with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3480
3481
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003482TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003483
3484This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3485for how the filetype is detected.
3486
3487Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003488is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3489add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490
3491 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3492
3493If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3494when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3495to a larger number: >
3496
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003497 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003498
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003499This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3500displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3501synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3502tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3503redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003504
3505
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003506TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003507 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003509 Tex Contents~
3510 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3511 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3512 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3513 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3514 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3515 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3516 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3517 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3518 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3519 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3520 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3521 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3522 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003523 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003524 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003525
3526 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003527 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003528
3529As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3530sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3531 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3532in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3533modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3534 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003535If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003536 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003537<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003538 *g:tex_nospell*
3539 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3540
3541If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3542 let g:tex_nospell=1
3543into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3544comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3545
3546 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003547 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003548
3549Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3550prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3551this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3552 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003553If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3554see |g:tex_nospell|.
3555
3556 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003557 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003558
3559Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3560one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3561want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3562 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003563<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003564 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003565 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003566
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003567The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3568highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3569texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3570terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3571as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3573 %stopzone
3574which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3575texMathZone.
3576
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003577 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003578 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003579
3580If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3581 :syn sync maxlines=200
3582 :syn sync minlines=50
3583(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003584increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003585if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3586
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003587Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3588|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3589
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003590 *g:tex_fast*
3591
3592Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3593
3594 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3595
3596in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3597highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3598synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3599price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3600folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3601
3602You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3603selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3604
3605 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3606 c : allow texComment syntax
3607 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3608 M : allow texMath syntax
3609 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3610 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3611 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3612 S : allow texStyle syntax
3613 v : allow verbatim syntax
3614 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3615<
3616As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3617but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003618(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003619
3620 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003621 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003622
3623LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3624of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3625package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3626it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3627techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003628by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3629which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3630http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003631
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003632I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3633
3634 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3635<
3636The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3637
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003638 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003639 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003640
3641The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3642although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3643errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3644you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003645 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003646and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003647
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003648 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003649 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003650
3651If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3652code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003653 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3654You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3655(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3656As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3657 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3658You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3659and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3660The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3661has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003663 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003664 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003665
3666One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3667commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3668following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3669such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3670
3671 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3672 :set ft=tex
3673
3674Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3675always accept such use of @.
3676
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003677 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003678 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003679
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003680If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3681number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3682including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3683superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3684superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3685In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3686
3687One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3688with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003689
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003690 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003691 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3692
3693You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003694<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3695for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003696
3697 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003698 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003699 d = delimiters
3700 m = math symbols
3701 g = Greek
3702 s = superscripts/subscripts
3703<
3704By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3705substitution will not be made.
3706
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003707 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3708 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3709
3710Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3711keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3712syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3713
3714 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3715 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3716 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003717 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003718 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3719 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3720 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003721 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003722
3723 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3724 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3725
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003726 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3727 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3728
3729 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3730
3731 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3732 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3733
3734 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3735 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3736 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3737 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3738
3739 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3740 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3741<
3742 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3743 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3744 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3745< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3746 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3747
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003748 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3749 Tex: Match Check Control~
3750
3751 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003752 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3753 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003754 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3755 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3756 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3757< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3758 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3759 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3760< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3761 regions, >
3762 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3763< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003764
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003765TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003766
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003767There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3768
3769For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3770set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3771
3772 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3773<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003774TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3775 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3776
3777There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3778
3779 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3780When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3781are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3782
3783 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3784<
3785The default value is 1.
3786
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003787VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3788 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003789There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003790updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3791g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3792improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003793
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003794 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3795 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3796<
3797 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3798 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003799
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003800 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3801The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3802embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003803
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003804 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3805 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003806 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3807 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3808 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3809 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3810 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003811<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003812By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3813itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3814of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3815and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003816 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003817
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003818Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003820 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3821 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3822 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003823 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3824 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003825 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003826 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3827 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3828 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3829 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3830 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003831let g:vimsyn_folding = 'acfhlmpPrt'
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003832<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003833 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003834Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3835is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003836highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003837
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003838 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3839<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003840
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003842WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3843
3844The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3845with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3846bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3847https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3848
3849
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003850XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003851
3852The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3853variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3854You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3855xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3856your .vimrc. Example: >
3857 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3858When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3859
3860Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3861"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3862highlighted.
3863
3864
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003865XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003866
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003867Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003868setting a global variable: >
3869
3870 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3871<
3872 *xml-folding*
3873The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003874start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875
3876 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3877 :set foldmethod=syntax
3878
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003879Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880especially for large files.
3881
3882
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003883X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884
3885xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3886XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3887you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3888
3889To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3890somewhere else with "P".
3891
3892Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3893 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003894 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003895 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003896 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3897 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003898 :endfunction
3899 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3900 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3901This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3902It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3903must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3904
3905It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3906 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3907
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003908
3909YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3910
3911 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003912A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3913non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3914plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3915and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3916integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003917will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3918
3919Schema Description ~
3920failsafe No additional highlighting.
3921json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3922core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003923pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3924 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3925 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003926 schema.
3927
3928Default schema is `core`.
3929
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003930Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3931only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003932difference defined in the syntax file.
3933
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003934
3935ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3936
3937The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3938
3939 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3940
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003941==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039426. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003943
3944Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3945
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039461. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003947 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3948 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3949 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3950 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3951 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3952 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003953
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039542. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003955 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3956
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039573. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003958 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3959 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3960 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3961
3962Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3963you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3964to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3965and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3966"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3967one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3968This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3969each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3970for a lot of groups.
3971
3972Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3973group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3974for the syntax group with the same name.
3975
3976In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3977defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3978using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3979match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3980keyword with ignoring case.
3981
3982
3983PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3984
3985When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3986
39871. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3988 defined last has priority.
39892. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
39903. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3991 start in later positions.
3992
3993
3994DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3995
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003996:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003997 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3998 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3999 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4000 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4001
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004002:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004003 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004004
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004005
4006DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4007
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004008:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4009:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004010 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4011 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4012
4013 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4014 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4015
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004016 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004017 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4018 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4019 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4020
4021:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004022 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4023 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004024
4025 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4026
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004027SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4028
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004029:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4030:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4031:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004032 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4033 in a syntax item:
4034
4035 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4036 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4037 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4038
4039 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4040 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4041 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4042
4043 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4044
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004045:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004046 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4047 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004048
4049
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004050SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4051
4052:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4053 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4054 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4055
4056 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4057 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004058 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004059
4060 Example: >
4061 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4062<
4063 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4064 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4065 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4066
4067 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4068
4069 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004070 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004071 match.
4072
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004073 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4074 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004075 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004077DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4078
4079:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4080
4081 This defines a number of keywords.
4082
4083 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4084 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4085 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4086
4087 Example: >
4088 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4089<
4090 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4091 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4092 These examples do exactly the same: >
4093 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4094 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4095 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004096< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004097 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4098 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4099 variations at once: >
4100 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4101<
4102 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4103 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4104 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4105 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4106 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004107 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004108
4109 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4110 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4111 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4112
4113 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4114 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4115 instead.
4116
4117 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4118
4119 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4120 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4121 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004122 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004123 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4124 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4125< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4126 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4127 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4128
4129
4130DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4131
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004132:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4133 [excludenl]
4134 [keepend]
4135 {pattern}
4136 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137
4138 This defines one match.
4139
4140 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4141 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4142 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4143 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4144 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004145 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4146 match with the end pattern. See
4147 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004148 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4149 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4150 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4151 line, which makes the match depend on where
4152 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4153 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4154
4155 Example (match a character constant): >
4156 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4157<
4158
4159DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4160 *E398* *E399*
4161:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4162 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4163 [keepend]
4164 [extend]
4165 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004166 start={start-pattern} ..
4167 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4168 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 [{options}]
4170
4171 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4172
4173 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4174 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4175 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4176 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4177 for the text in between the matched start and
4178 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4179 a different group for the start or end match.
4180 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4181 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4182 match with the end pattern. See
4183 |:syn-keepend|.
4184 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004185 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004186 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4187 extend a containing match or item. Only
4188 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4189 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004190 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004191 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004192 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004193 the region where not to look for the end
4194 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004195 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004196 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4197
4198 Example: >
4199 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4200<
4201 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4202 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4203 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4204 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4205 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4206 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4207
4208 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4209 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4210 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4211 the end patterns.
4212
4213 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4214 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4215 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4216
4217 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4218 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4219 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4220 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4221
4222 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4223 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4224 work: >
4225 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4226 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4227< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4228 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4229 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4230 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4231 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4232< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4233 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4234
4235 *:syn-keepend*
4236 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4237 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4238 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4239 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4240 { starts outer "{}" region
4241 { starts contained "{}" region
4242 } ends contained "{}" region
4243 } ends outer "{} region
4244 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4245 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4246 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4247 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4248 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4249 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4250 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4251< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4252 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4253
4254 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4255 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4256 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4257 contained matches.
4258 *:syn-extend*
4259 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4260 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4261 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4262 extended.
4263 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4264 others don't. Example: >
4265
4266 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4267 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4268 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4269
4270< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4271 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4272 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4273
4274 Another example: >
4275 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4276< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4277 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4278 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4279 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4280 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4281
4282 *:syn-excludenl*
4283 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4284 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4285 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4286 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4287 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4288 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4289 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4290 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4291 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4292 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4293 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4294 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4295 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4296
4297 *:syn-matchgroup*
4298 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4299 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4300 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4301< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4302 between with the "String" group.
4303 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4304 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4305 using a matchgroup.
4306
4307 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4308 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4309 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4310 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4311 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4312
4313 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4314 different colors: >
4315 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4316 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4317 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4318 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4319 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4320 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004321<
4322 *E849*
4323The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004324
4325==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043267. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004327
4328The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4329The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4330and may be mixed with patterns.
4331
4332Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4333can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004334 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004335 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4336:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4337:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4338:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004339
4340These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004341 conceal
4342 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004343 contained
4344 containedin
4345 nextgroup
4346 transparent
4347 skipwhite
4348 skipnl
4349 skipempty
4350
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004351conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4352
4353When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004354Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004355'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4356concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4357edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004358
4359Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4360bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004361
4362concealends *:syn-concealends*
4363
4364When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4365the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4366Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4367'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004368in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4369|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4370items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004371
4372cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004373 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004374The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4375when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4376argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004377character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4378a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004379 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004380See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004381
4382contained *:syn-contained*
4383
4384When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4385the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4386another match. Example: >
4387 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4388 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4389
4390
4391display *:syn-display*
4392
4393If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4394detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4395by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4396to be displayed.
4397
4398Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4399conditions:
4400- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4401 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4402 line.
4403- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4404 make it continue on the next line.
4405- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4406 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4407 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4408- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4409 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4410 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4411 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4412
4413Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4414- match with a number
4415- match with a label
4416
4417
4418transparent *:syn-transparent*
4419
4420If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4421itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4422is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4423only to skip over a part of the text.
4424
4425The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4426unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4427avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4428highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4429 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4430 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4431 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4432 :hi link myString String
4433 :hi link myWord Comment
4434Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4435match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4436argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4437it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4438out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004439"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004440happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4441position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4442
4443When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4444items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4445see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4446through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4447
4448 look from here
4449
4450 | | | | | |
4451 V V V V V V
4452
4453 xxxx yyy more contained items
4454 .................... contained item (transparent)
4455 ============================= first item
4456
4457The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4458transparent group.
4459
4460What you see is:
4461
4462 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4463
4464Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4465
4466
4467oneline *:syn-oneline*
4468
4469The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4470boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4471region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4472the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4473continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4474line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4475
4476When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4477pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4478end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4479means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4480be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4481line break.
4482
4483
4484fold *:syn-fold*
4485
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004486The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004487Example: >
4488 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4489 :syn sync fromstart
4490 :set foldmethod=syntax
4491This will make each {} block form one fold.
4492
4493The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4494ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4495The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004496See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4497from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004498{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4499
4500
4501 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004502contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004503
4504The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4505groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4506containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4507regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4508this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4509here.
4510
4511contains=ALL
4512 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4513 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4514
4515contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4516 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4517 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4518 are listed. Example: >
4519 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4520
4521contains=TOP
4522 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4523 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4524 argument.
4525contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4526 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4527
4528contains=CONTAINED
4529 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4530 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4531 argument.
4532contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4533 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4534 listed.
4535
4536
4537The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4538that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4539The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4540 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4541The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4542that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4543command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4544syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4545the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4546group names.
4547
4548The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4549region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4550|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4551region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4552area that is highlighted
4553
4554
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004555containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556
4557The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4558item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4559containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4560
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004561The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004562
4563This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4564be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4565of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4566the C syntax: >
4567 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4568Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4569level.
4570
4571Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4572appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4573keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4574work.
4575
4576
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004577nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004578
4579The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4580separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4581
4582If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4583tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4584a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4585will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4586current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4587other groups. Example: >
4588 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4589 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4590 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4591
4592This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4593"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4594highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4595
4596 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4597 fff bbb fff bbb
4598
4599Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4600when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4601highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4602would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4603
4604
4605skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4606skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4607skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4608
4609These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4610used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004611 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004612 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4613 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4614
4615When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4616next group that matches the white space.
4617
4618When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4619line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4620line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4621the current item in the same line.
4622
4623When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4624groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4625for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4626space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4627
4628Example: >
4629 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4630 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4631 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4632Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4633match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4634precedence.
4635Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4636"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4637example).
4638
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004639IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4640
4641:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4642 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4643 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4644 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4645 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4646 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4647 given explicitly.
4648
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004649:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004650 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004651
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004652==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046538. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004654
4655In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4656characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4657use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4658use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4659 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4660 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4661
4662See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004663always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004664value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4665not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4666independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4667
4668Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4669This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4670
4671 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4672The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4673change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4674match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4675are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4676pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4677
4678The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4679The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4680
4681ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4682me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4683hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4684he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4685rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4686re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4687lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4688
4689The {offset} can be:
4690
4691s start of the matched pattern
4692s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4693s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4694e end of the matched pattern
4695e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4696e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004697{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004698
4699Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4700
4701Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4702meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4703
4704 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4705match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4706region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4707region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4708region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4709
4710Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4711 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4712<
4713 some "string" text
4714 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4715
4716Notes:
4717- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4718 offset(s).
4719- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4720- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4721 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004722- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004723 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004724 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004725- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4726 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4727 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4728
4729Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4730 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4731<
4732 /* this is a comment */
4733 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4734
4735A more complicated Example: >
4736 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4737<
4738 abcfoostringbarabc
4739 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004740 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004741
4742Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4743
4744Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4745with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004746in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004747
4748The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4749be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4750cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4751characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4752used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4753specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4754
4755 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4756 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4757 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4758<
4759 ___zzzz ___wwww
4760 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4761 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4762 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4763
4764The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4765unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4766
4767
4768Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4769
4770The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4771expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4772
4773When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4774allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004775following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4776the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004777
4778The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4779continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4780matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4781halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4782previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4783is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4784 x x a
4785 b x x
4786Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4787after the "\n".
4788
4789
4790External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4791
4792These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4793
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004794 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004795 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4796 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4797 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004798
4799 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4800 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4801 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4802 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4803
4804Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4805sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4806shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4807items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4808referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4809example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4810 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4811
4812As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4813it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004814changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004815first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4816also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004817 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004818
4819Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4820indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4821to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4822Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4823within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4824sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4825the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4826
4827Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4828cannot be referred to.
4829
4830==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048319. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004832
4833:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4834 [add={group-name}..]
4835 [remove={group-name}..]
4836
4837This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4838single name.
4839
4840 contains={group-name}..
4841 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4842 add={group-name}..
4843 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4844 remove={group-name}..
4845 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4846
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004847A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4848nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4849this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004850
4851Example: >
4852 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4853 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4854
4855As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4856retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4857to speak: >
4858 :syntax keyword A aaa
4859 :syntax keyword B bbb
4860 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4861 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4862 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4863
4864This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4865 :syntax keyword A aaa
4866 :syntax keyword B bbb
4867 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4868 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4869 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4870 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4871 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004872<
4873 *E848*
4874The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004875
4876==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100487710. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004878
4879It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4880a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4881two different ways:
4882
4883 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4884 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4885 the |:runtime| command: >
4886
4887 " In cpp.vim:
4888 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4889 :unlet b:current_syntax
4890
4891< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4892 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4893 ":syntax include" command:
4894
4895:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4896
4897 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4898 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4899 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4900 that list. >
4901
4902 " In perl.vim:
4903 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4904 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4905<
4906 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4907 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4908 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4909 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4910 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004911 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4912 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004913
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004914 *E847*
4915The maximum number of includes is 999.
4916
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004917==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100491811. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004919
4920Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4921make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4922redrawing starts.
4923
4924:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4925
4926There are four ways to synchronize:
49271. Always parse from the start of the file.
4928 |:syn-sync-first|
49292. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4930 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4931 |:syn-sync-second|
49323. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4933 |:syn-sync-third|
49344. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4935 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4936
4937 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4938For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4939limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4940
4941If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4942that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4943lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4944
4945If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4946for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4947adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4948slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004949 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950<
4951 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4952When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4953cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4954start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4955the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4956break use this: >
4957 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4958The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4959change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4960value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4961
4962
4963First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4964>
4965 :syntax sync fromstart
4966
4967The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4968accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4969so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004970when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004971case: to the end of the file).
4972
4973Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4974
4975
4976Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4977
4978For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4979Example: >
4980 :syntax sync ccomment
4981
4982When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4983comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4984used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4985An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4986 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4987This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4988used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4989region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4990
4991The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4992lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4993lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4994lines, but it hard to sync on).
4995
4996Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4997that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4998is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4999chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5000is hardly ever noticed.
5001
5002
5003Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5004
5005For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5006Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5007means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5008Example: >
5009 :syntax sync minlines=50
5010
5011"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5012
5013
5014Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5015
5016The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5017sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5018region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5019starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5020the search continues backwards in the file.
5021
5022This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5023matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5024- Keywords cannot be used.
5025- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5026 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5027- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5028 forwards.
5029- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5030 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5031 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005032 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005033- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5034 group of continued lines).
5035- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5036 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5037 line (or group of continued lines).
5038- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5039 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5040 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5041 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5042
5043There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50441. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5045 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5046 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5047 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50482. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5049 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5050 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5051 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5052Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5053
5054Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5055avoid finding unwanted matches.
5056
5057[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5058search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5059highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5060faster.]
5061
5062 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5063 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5064
5065 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5066 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5067 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5068 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5069 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5070
5071 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5072 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5073
5074 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5075 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5076 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5077 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5078 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5079 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5080 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5081 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5082 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5083 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5084
5085 :syntax sync match ..
5086 :syntax sync region ..
5087
5088 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5089 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5090
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005091 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005092 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5093
5094 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5095 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5096 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5097
5098If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5099searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5100few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5101 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5102
5103You can clear all sync settings with: >
5104 :syntax sync clear
5105
5106You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5107 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5108
5109==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100511012. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005111
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005112This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005113
5114 :sy[ntax] [list]
5115
5116To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5117
5118 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5119
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005120To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005121
5122 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5123
5124See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5125
5126Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5127is mostly used, because it looks better.
5128
5129==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100513013. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005132In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005133and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5134of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005135
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005136 colorscheme pablo
5137<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005139:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5140 This is basically the same as >
5141 :echo g:colors_name
5142< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5143 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5144 feature it will output "unknown".
5145
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005147 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005148 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005149 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5150 "start" and then under "opt".
5151
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005152 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005153 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005154
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005155You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5156appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5157the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5158darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005159
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005160 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5161 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005162<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005163For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5164use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5165the original color scheme: >
5166 runtime colors/evening.vim
5167 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005168
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005169Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5170(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5171autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5172|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5173
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005174 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005175If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5176using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5177color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5178 augroup my_colorschemes
5179 au!
5180 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5181 augroup END
5182
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005183Change a couple more colors: >
5184 augroup my_colorschemes
5185 au!
5186 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005187 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005188 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5189 augroup END
5190
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005191If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5192colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5193 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5194 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5195
5196With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5197different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5198group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5199you can find them here:
5200https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5201
5202For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5203 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5204
5205
5206==============================================================================
520714. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5208
5209There are three types of highlight groups:
5210- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5211 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5212 linked to a group of the second type.
5213- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5214- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5215 *hitest.vim*
5216You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5217 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5218This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5219in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005220
5221:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5222 attributes set.
5223
5224:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5225 List one highlight group.
5226
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005227 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005228:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005229 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005230 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5231 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005232 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233
5234:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5235:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5236 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5237 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5238
5239:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5240 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005241 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005242 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005243 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005244 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5245 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5246 argument.
5247
5248Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5249default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5250highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5251values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5252the default value.
5253
5254A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5255a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5256
5257 :hi Comment gui=bold
5258
5259Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5260specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5261result is like this single command has been used: >
5262 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5263<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005264 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005265When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5266also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5267 :verbose hi Comment
5268< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005269 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005270
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005271When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5272mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005274 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5275There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5276term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005277cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005278 termcap entry)
5279gui the GUI
5280
5281For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5282the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5283
52841. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5285
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005286 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005287 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5288 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5289 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005290term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005291 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292 following items (in any order):
5293 bold
5294 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005295 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005296 underdouble not always available
5297 underdotted not always available
5298 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005299 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300 reverse
5301 inverse same as reverse
5302 italic
5303 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005304 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5306
5307 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5308 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005309 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005310 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005311 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005312 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5313 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5314 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5315 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5316 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5317
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005318< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5319 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5320 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5321 have to specify the codes like this: >
5322 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5323 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5324 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5325< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5326 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5327 fallback.
5328
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005329
5330start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5331stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5332 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5333 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5334
5335 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5336 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5337 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5338 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5339 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5340 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5341 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5342
5343 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5344
5345 1. A string with escape sequences.
5346 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5347 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5348 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5349 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5350
5351 2. A list of terminal codes.
5352 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5353 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5354 White space is not allowed. Example:
5355 start=t_C1,t_BL
5356 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5357
5358
53592. highlight arguments for color terminals
5360
5361cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5362 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5363 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5364 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5365 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005366 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5367 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5368 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005369
5370ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5371ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005372ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5373 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5374 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5375
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005376 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5377 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5378 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5379 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5380 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5381 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5382
5383 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5384 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5385 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5386 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5387 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005388 *tmux*
5389 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5390 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005391 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5392 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005393< More info at:
5394 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5395 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005396
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005397 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5398 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5399 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005400 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5401 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5402
5403 *cterm-colors*
5404 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5405 0 0 Black
5406 1 4 DarkBlue
5407 2 2 DarkGreen
5408 3 6 DarkCyan
5409 4 1 DarkRed
5410 5 5 DarkMagenta
5411 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5412 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5413 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5414 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5415 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5416 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5417 12 1* Red, LightRed
5418 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5419 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5420 15 7* White
5421
5422 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5423 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5424 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5425 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5426 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5427 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5428 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5429 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5430 a number instead of a color name.
5431
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005432 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5433 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005434 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5436 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005437
5438 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5439 colors!
5440
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005441 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5442
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005443 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5444 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5445 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5446 Example: >
5447 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5448< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005449 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5450 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5451 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5452 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5453 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005454 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005456 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457
5458 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5459 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5460 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5461 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005462 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5463 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5464 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5465 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5466 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5468< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005469 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005470 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5471
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005472ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5473 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5474 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5475 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5476 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5477 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5478 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5479 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005480
54813. highlight arguments for the GUI
5482
5483gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5484 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5485 See |attr-list| for a description.
5486 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5487 have the same effect.
5488 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5489
5490font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5491 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5492 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5493 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5494<
5495 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5496 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5497 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5498 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005499 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005500 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5501 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5502 changed.
5503 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5504 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5505 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005506 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5507 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5508 Example: >
5509 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005510
5511guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5512guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005513guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5514 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005515 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5516 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005517 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005518 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005519 bg use normal background color
5520 background use normal background color
5521 fg use normal foreground color
5522 foreground use normal foreground color
5523 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5524 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5525 Example: >
5526 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5527<
5528 *gui-colors*
5529 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5530 Red LightRed DarkRed
5531 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5532 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5533 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5534 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5535 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5536 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5537 Black White
5538 Orange Purple Violet
5539
5540 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5541 |win32-colors|.
5542
5543 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5544 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5545 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005546 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005547 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005549 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005550<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005551 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005552 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5553 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005554
5555 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5556 # override it.
5557 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5558 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5559<
5560 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5561 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5562 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5563 scheme: >
5564
5565 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5566 colorscheme alt
5567<
5568 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5569 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5570 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5571 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5572 by a color scheme using: >
5573
5574 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5575 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5576<
5577
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5579These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5580'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5581of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5582command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005583When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5584unreadable use Visual selection.
5585
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005586 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005587ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005588 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005589Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5590 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005591 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005592Cursor Character under the cursor.
5593lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5594 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005596CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005597 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005598CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005599 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005600CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005601 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005602Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005604DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005605 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005606DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005607 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005608DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005609 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005610DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005611 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005612EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005613 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005614 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005615ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005616 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005617VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005618 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005619Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005620 *hl-FoldColumn*
5621FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5622 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005623SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005624 *hl-IncSearch*
5625IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005626 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005627 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005628LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005629 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005630 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5631LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5632 option is set, above the cursor line.
5633 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5634LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5635 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005636 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005637CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5638 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005639 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5640CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005641 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5642CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005643 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005644MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005645 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005646 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005647MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5648 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005649 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005650ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005651 *hl-MsgArea*
5652MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5653 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654 *hl-MoreMsg*
5655MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5656 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005657NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5658 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5659 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5660 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5661 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005663Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005664 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005665Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005666 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005667PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005668 *hl-PmenuKind*
5669PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5670 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5671PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5672 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5673PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5674 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5675PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005676 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005677PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005678 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5679PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005680 *hl-PopupNotification*
5681PopupNotification
5682 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5683 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005684 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005685Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005686 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5687QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688 *hl-Search*
5689Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005690 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005691 *hl-CurSearch*
5692CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005693 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5694 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695 *hl-SpecialKey*
5696SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5697 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005698 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005699 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005700 *hl-SpellBad*
5701SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5702 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005703 *hl-SpellCap*
5704SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5705 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005706 *hl-SpellLocal*
5707SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5708 used in another region. |spell|
5709 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5710 *hl-SpellRare*
5711SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5712 hardly ever used. |spell|
5713 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005714 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005715StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5717StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005718 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005719 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005720 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005721StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005722 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005723StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5724 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005725 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005726TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005727 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005728TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005729 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005730TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005731 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005732Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005734Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005735 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005736Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 *hl-VisualNOS*
5738VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5739 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5740 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005741WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005742 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005743WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005744
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005745 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005746The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005747statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005748
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005749For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5751Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5752and guifg.
5753
5754 *hl-Menu*
5755Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5756 Also used for the toolbar.
5757 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5758
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005759 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005760 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5761 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5762 set.
5763
5764 *hl-Scrollbar*
5765Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5766 scrollbars.
5767 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5768
5769 *hl-Tooltip*
5770Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5771 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5772
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005773 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005774 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5775 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5776 set.
5777
5778==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100577915. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780
5781When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5782can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5783group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5784
5785To set a link:
5786
5787 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5788
5789To remove a link:
5790
5791 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5792
5793Notes: *E414*
5794- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5795 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5796- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5797 removed.
5798- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5799 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5800 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5801 links for groups that already have settings.
5802
5803 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5804The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5805group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5806will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5807
5808Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5809specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5810 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5811If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5812 :highlight link cComment Question
5813Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5814overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5815
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005816To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5817highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5818another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5819"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5820 highlight! default link cComment Question
5821
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005822==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100582316. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005824
5825If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5826command: >
5827 :syntax clear
5828
5829This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5830or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5831in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5832load the syntax file.
5833The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5834loaded after this command.
5835
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005836To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5837 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5838This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5839
5840To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5841 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5842This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5843
5844 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005845If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5846the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5847 :syntax off
5848
5849What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5850 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5851See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5852$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5853
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5855If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5856defaults back: >
5857
5858 :syntax reset
5859
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005860It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5861affects the highlighting.
5862
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005863This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5864
5865Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5866back to their Vim default.
5867Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5868scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5869
5870What this actually does is: >
5871
5872 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5873 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5874
5875Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5876
5877 *syncolor*
5878If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5879script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5880'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5881the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5882reset" command.
5883
5884For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5885
5886 if &background == "light"
5887 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5888 else
5889 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5890 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005891<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005892 *E679*
5893Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5894'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5895endless loop.
5896
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005897Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5898your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5899depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5900
5901 *syntax_cmd*
5902The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5903syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005904 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005905 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005906 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5907 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5908 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005909 the colors.
5910 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5911 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5912 them.
5913
5914==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100591517. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005916
5917If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5918mappings.
5919
5920 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5921 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5922>
5923 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5924 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5925
5926WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5927memory Vim will consume.
5928
5929Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005930must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5931at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005932
5933Put these lines in your Makefile:
5934
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005935# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005936types: types.vim
5937types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005938 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005939 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5940 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5941
5942And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5943
5944 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005945 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005946 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005947 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005948 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5949
5950==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595118. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005952
5953Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5954possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5955private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5956with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5957highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5958italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5959
5960To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5961windows on the buffer: >
5962 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005963< *w:current_syntax*
5964This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5965"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5966restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5967"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5968"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005969Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005970
5971Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005972on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005973syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005974same buffer.
5975
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005976A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5977is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5978When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005979
5980==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100598119. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005982
5983Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5984default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5985 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5986 : if has("terminfo")
5987 : set t_Co=8
5988 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5989 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5990 : else
5991 : set t_Co=8
5992 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5993 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5994 : endif
5995 :endif
5996< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5997
5998You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5999e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6000
6001Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6002be wrong.
6003 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6004The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6005But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6006 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6007 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6008<
6009 *colortest.vim*
6010To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006011To use it, execute this command: >
6012 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006013
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006014Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006015output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6016at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6017colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6018
6019 *xfree-xterm*
6020To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006021included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006022at: >
6023 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6024Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6025termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6026supports. >
6027 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6028If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6029(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6030
6031This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6032 :if has("terminfo")
6033 : set t_Co=16
6034 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6035 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6036 :else
6037 : set t_Co=16
6038 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6039 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6040 :endif
6041< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6042
6043Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6044translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6045Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6046
6047For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6048
6049 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6050 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6051
6052Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6053and try if that works.
6054
6055You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6056 XTerm*color0: #000000
6057 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6058 XTerm*color2: #008000
6059 XTerm*color3: #808000
6060 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6061 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6062 XTerm*color6: #008080
6063 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6064 XTerm*color8: #808080
6065 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6066 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6067 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6068 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6069 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6070 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6071 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6072 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6073
6074[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6075cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006076newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006077
6078To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6079Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6080 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6081<
6082 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6083To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6084Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6085these resources:
6086 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6087 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6088 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6089 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6090
6091 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006092These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006093foreground colors: >
6094 :if has("terminfo")
6095 : set t_Co=8
6096 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6097 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6098 :else
6099 : set t_Co=8
6100 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6101 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6102 :endif
6103< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6104
6105 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6106These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6107emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6108bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6109 :set t_Co=16
6110 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6111 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6112<
6113 *TTpro-telnet*
6114These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6115open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6116 set t_Co=16
6117 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6118 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6119Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6120that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6121(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6122
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006123
6124==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100612520. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006126
6127This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6128
6129If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6130faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6131as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6132
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006133Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006134You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6135
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006136To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6137sequence: >
6138 :syntime on
6139 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6140 :syntime report
6141
6142This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6143it took to match them against the text.
6144
6145:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6146 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6147 matching.
6148
6149:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6150
6151:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6152
6153:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6154 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6155 the output.
6156
6157 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6158 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6159 matching this pattern.
6160 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6161 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6162 matched
6163 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6164 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6165 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6166 this is not unique.
6167 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6168
6169Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6170include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6171pattern does NOT match.
6172
6173When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6174all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6175literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6176
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006177"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006178 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006179"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006180
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006181
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006182 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: